1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
31 #include "blockinput.h"
33 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
34 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
35 #include "syssignal.h"
37 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
38 if this is not done before the other system files. */
40 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
42 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
43 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
45 #include <sys/types.h>
48 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
57 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
58 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
61 #include "character.h"
64 #include "dispextern.h"
66 #include "termhooks.h"
69 #include "emacs-icon.h"
74 #include "intervals.h"
80 #include "xsettings.h"
82 #include "sysselect.h"
85 #include <X11/Shell.h>
88 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
99 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
103 #if !defined(NO_EDITRES)
105 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
106 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
108 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
110 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
111 #if defined USE_MOTIF
112 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
113 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
114 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
117 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
118 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
119 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
120 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
121 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
122 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
123 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
125 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
126 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
127 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
128 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
130 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
134 #ifndef XtNinitialState
135 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
139 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
143 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
148 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
151 static int any_help_event_p
;
153 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
154 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
156 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
159 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
161 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
162 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
163 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
164 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
166 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
168 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
169 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
170 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
171 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
173 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
175 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
177 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
179 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
184 } pending_event_wait
;
187 /* The application context for Xt use. */
188 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
189 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
190 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
192 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
194 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
196 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
197 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
198 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
200 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
204 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
205 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
206 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
207 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
209 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
211 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
212 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
213 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
214 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
215 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
216 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
217 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
218 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
219 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
222 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
224 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
225 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
226 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
228 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
230 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
231 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
234 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
235 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
238 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
240 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
241 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
242 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
243 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
244 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
245 it's somewhat accurate. */
247 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
249 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
251 static Time last_user_time
;
253 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
257 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
259 static int input_signal_count
;
262 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
264 static int x_noop_count
;
266 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
268 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
269 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
272 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
273 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
275 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
276 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
279 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
280 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
284 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
289 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
290 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
291 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
292 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
294 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
295 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
296 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
298 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
299 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
300 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
301 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
302 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
305 /* Used in x_flush. */
307 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
308 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
309 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
310 static void x_update_window_end (struct window
*, int, int);
312 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
313 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
314 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
315 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
316 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
317 static void XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
318 static void XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
319 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
320 static void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int) NO_RETURN
;
321 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
322 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
323 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
324 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
325 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
326 static void x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*,
327 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
328 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
329 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
330 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
331 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
332 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
334 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
);
335 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
336 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
337 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
338 static void x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*);
339 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
340 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
341 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
342 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
344 static void x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*);
345 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
346 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
347 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
348 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
349 int *, struct input_event
*);
350 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
351 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
352 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
355 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
358 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
360 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
361 connection may be broken. */
362 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
368 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
369 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
370 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
371 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
373 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
374 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
379 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
380 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
381 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
382 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
383 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
386 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
389 /***********************************************************************
391 ***********************************************************************/
395 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
396 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
404 struct record event_record
[100];
406 int event_record_index
;
409 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
411 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
412 event_record_index
= 0;
414 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
415 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
416 event_record_index
++;
423 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
425 struct x_display_info
*
426 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
428 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
430 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
431 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
437 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
440 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
442 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
443 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
444 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
446 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
449 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
!= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
)
450 /* Since the WM decoration lies under the FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW,
451 we must treat the former instead of the latter. */
452 win
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
454 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
459 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
460 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
461 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
462 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
466 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
468 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
471 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
473 /* return unless necessary */
478 unsigned long n
, left
;
480 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
481 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
482 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
483 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
486 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
488 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
489 XFree ((void *) data
);
498 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
499 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
500 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
505 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
507 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
511 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
513 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
517 /***********************************************************************
518 Starting and ending an update
519 ***********************************************************************/
521 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
522 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
523 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
524 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
525 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
528 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
534 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
535 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
539 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
541 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
542 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
545 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
549 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
551 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
552 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
554 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
556 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
557 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
564 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
567 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
569 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
572 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
574 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
577 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
578 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
581 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
583 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
584 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
586 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
587 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
588 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
590 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
591 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
595 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, int cursor_on_p
, int mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
597 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
599 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
604 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
606 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
608 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
609 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
614 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
615 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
616 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
618 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
619 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
620 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
623 updated_window
= NULL
;
627 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
631 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
633 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
634 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
638 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
644 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
645 complete update has been performed. The global variable
646 updated_window is not available here. */
649 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
653 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
655 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
656 || f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
659 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
660 note_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
661 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
662 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
663 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
670 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
671 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
672 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
673 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
674 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
675 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
678 x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
680 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
686 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
687 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
689 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
690 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
691 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
692 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
693 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
694 overhead is very small. */
695 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
696 && desired_row
->full_width_p
697 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
698 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
700 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
703 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
706 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
707 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
708 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
709 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
710 y
, width
, height
, False
);
716 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
718 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
719 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
720 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
721 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
722 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
724 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
725 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
729 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
731 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
732 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
733 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
734 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
736 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
738 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
740 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
741 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
742 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
743 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
744 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
745 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
746 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
747 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
749 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
753 int left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
754 int width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
755 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
759 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
760 if (left
+ width
== p
->x
)
761 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
762 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== left
)
766 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
768 nx
= width
- sb_width
;
769 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
771 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
776 if (left
+ width
== bx
)
778 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
779 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
781 else if (bx
+ nx
== left
)
782 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
787 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
788 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
791 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
797 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
798 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
802 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
804 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
806 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
808 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
810 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
811 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
813 face
->background
, depth
);
817 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
818 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
821 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
822 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
823 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
824 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
827 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
828 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
829 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
833 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
834 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
835 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
839 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
844 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
845 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
846 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
850 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
854 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
855 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
858 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
863 /***********************************************************************
865 ***********************************************************************/
869 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
870 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
871 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*,
873 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
874 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
875 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
876 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
877 static void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int) NO_RETURN
;
878 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
879 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
880 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
881 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
882 static int x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
883 unsigned long *, double, int);
884 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
885 double, int, unsigned long);
886 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
887 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
888 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
889 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
890 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
891 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
893 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
894 int, int, int, int, int, int,
896 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
897 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
898 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
901 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
905 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
909 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
911 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
912 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
913 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
915 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
918 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
922 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
923 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
925 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
926 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
927 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
928 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
929 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
930 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
931 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
933 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
934 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
935 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
937 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
938 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
941 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
942 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
943 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
945 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
946 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
949 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
950 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
952 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
957 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
960 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
965 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
966 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
967 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
969 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
971 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
972 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
974 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
975 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
976 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
978 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
982 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
987 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
988 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
989 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
990 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
992 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
993 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
996 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
997 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
999 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1002 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1006 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1007 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1008 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1011 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1013 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1017 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1018 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1022 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1024 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1026 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1028 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1029 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1031 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1033 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1034 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1036 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1038 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1041 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1043 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1044 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1046 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1047 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1049 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1050 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1054 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1055 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1058 /* GC must have been set. */
1059 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1063 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1064 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1067 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1069 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1070 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1073 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1078 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1079 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1083 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1088 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1090 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1093 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1098 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1101 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1104 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1105 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1107 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1109 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1111 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1112 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1115 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1116 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1117 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1121 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1123 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1125 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1126 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1127 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1131 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1132 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1137 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1140 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1143 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1144 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1145 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1146 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1150 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1151 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1152 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1153 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1154 contains the first component of a composition. */
1157 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, int force_p
)
1159 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1160 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1161 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1163 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1167 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1168 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1169 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1170 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1171 s
->background_width
,
1172 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1173 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1174 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1176 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1177 || s
->font_not_found_p
1178 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1181 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1182 s
->background_width
,
1183 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1184 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1190 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1193 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1197 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1198 of S to the right of that box line. */
1199 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1200 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1201 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1205 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1207 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1209 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1211 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1212 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1213 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1215 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1220 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1221 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1224 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1225 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1227 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1229 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1230 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1232 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1233 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1234 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1238 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1241 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1244 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1246 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1247 of S to the right of that box line. */
1248 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1249 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1250 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1254 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1255 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1256 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1257 this composition. */
1259 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1260 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1261 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1263 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1264 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1265 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1267 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1271 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1272 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1274 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1275 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1277 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1278 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1279 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1284 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1289 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1291 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1292 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1293 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1296 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1300 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1301 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1302 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1305 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1306 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1307 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1308 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1309 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1310 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1318 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1319 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1320 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1326 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1329 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1331 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1335 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1336 of S to the right of that box line. */
1337 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1338 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1339 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1345 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1347 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1348 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1350 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1353 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1354 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1358 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1359 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1360 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1361 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1362 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1363 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1366 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1368 sprintf ((char *) buf
, "%0*X",
1369 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1370 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1376 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1379 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1380 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1382 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1383 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1385 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1386 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1387 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1389 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1390 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1391 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1394 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1395 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1396 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1397 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1398 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1399 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1403 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1405 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget (Widget
);
1406 static Boolean
cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1407 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*);
1408 static void cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1409 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*);
1412 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1413 cannot be determined. */
1415 static struct frame
*
1416 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1418 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1422 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1424 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1425 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1426 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1427 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1428 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1429 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1431 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1432 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1433 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1434 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1435 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1437 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1438 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1439 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1446 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1447 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1448 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1449 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1452 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1454 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1455 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1459 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1460 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1461 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1462 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1463 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1464 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1467 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1468 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1470 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1471 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1475 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1476 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1478 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1480 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1482 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1487 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1488 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1490 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1493 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1495 DPY is the display we are working on.
1497 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1498 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1499 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1500 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1502 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1503 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1505 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1506 we allocated the color or not.
1508 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1511 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1512 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1513 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1523 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1524 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1526 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1530 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1531 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1532 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1534 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1536 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1537 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1539 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1541 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1542 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1544 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1545 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1547 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1548 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1553 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1555 params
[0] = color_name
;
1556 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1557 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1558 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1563 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1565 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1567 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1571 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1575 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1576 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1579 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1584 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1585 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1586 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1588 APP is the application context in which we work.
1590 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1591 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1592 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1594 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1597 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1602 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1604 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1607 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1609 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1610 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1611 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1612 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1613 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1618 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1621 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1622 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1623 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1624 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1626 static const XColor
*
1627 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1629 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1631 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1633 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1636 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1637 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1638 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1639 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1640 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1642 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1643 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1645 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1646 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1649 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1650 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1654 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1655 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1658 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1660 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1662 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1665 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1667 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1668 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1669 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1670 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1674 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1678 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1679 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1682 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1684 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1688 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1689 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1690 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1694 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1698 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1701 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1702 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1703 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1704 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1706 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~ (unsigned long) 0;
1708 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1710 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1712 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1713 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1714 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1715 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1717 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1720 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1724 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1725 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1726 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1727 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1731 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1732 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1733 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1734 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1735 XColor
*cached_color
;
1737 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1738 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1739 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1740 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1741 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1743 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1744 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1745 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1749 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1751 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1752 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1758 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1759 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1760 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1764 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1766 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1767 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1771 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1772 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1773 get color reference counts right. */
1776 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1780 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1782 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1783 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1785 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1786 register_color (pixel
);
1792 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1795 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1796 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1797 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1798 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1799 use an additional additive factor.
1801 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1802 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1803 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1806 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1807 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1808 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1809 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1810 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1811 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1814 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1820 /* Get RGB color values. */
1821 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1822 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1824 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1825 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1826 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1827 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1828 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1830 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1831 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1833 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1834 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1835 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1836 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1837 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1839 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1840 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1841 /* The additive adjustment. */
1842 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1846 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1847 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1848 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1852 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1853 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1854 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1858 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1859 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1862 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1864 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1865 delta to the RGB values. */
1866 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1868 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1869 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1870 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1871 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1882 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1883 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1884 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1885 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1886 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1887 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1890 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
, int delta
, long unsigned int default_pixel
)
1893 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1894 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1895 unsigned long pixel
;
1896 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1897 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1898 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1899 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1901 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1902 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1904 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1905 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1906 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1908 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1910 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1911 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1914 /* Allocate new color. */
1915 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1917 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1918 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1920 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1921 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1924 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1926 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1928 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1931 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1935 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1938 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1940 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1941 unsigned long color
;
1943 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1944 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1945 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1947 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1948 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1953 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1954 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1955 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1958 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1959 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1961 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1962 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1963 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1964 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1965 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1970 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1971 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1972 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1973 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1974 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
1975 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1979 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
1980 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1981 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
1982 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1984 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1985 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1990 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1992 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1993 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1995 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
1996 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
1997 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
2004 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2005 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2006 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2008 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2009 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2010 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2011 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2018 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2020 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2021 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2023 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
2024 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2025 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2028 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2030 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2032 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2033 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2037 /* Outermost top line. */
2039 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2040 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2041 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2043 /* Outermost left line. */
2045 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2051 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2052 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
2053 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
2054 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2055 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2056 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2057 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2063 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2064 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2065 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2066 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2067 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2070 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2074 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2075 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2076 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2077 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2078 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2079 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2082 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2083 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2084 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2088 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2089 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2090 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2093 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2094 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2098 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2099 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2102 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2103 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2107 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2108 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2110 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2111 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2115 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2118 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2120 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2121 int left_p
, right_p
;
2122 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2123 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2125 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2126 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2127 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2129 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2130 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2132 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2134 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2135 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2137 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2139 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2141 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2143 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2144 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2146 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2147 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2148 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2150 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2152 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2154 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2155 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2156 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2159 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2160 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2161 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2166 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2169 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2172 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2174 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2175 right of that line. */
2176 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2177 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2179 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2181 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2183 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2184 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2185 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2186 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2192 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2193 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2194 trust on the shape extension to be available
2195 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2197 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2200 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2202 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2203 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2204 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2205 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2206 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2208 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2211 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2212 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2213 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2214 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2215 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2216 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2220 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2222 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2225 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2226 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2227 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2228 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2229 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2230 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2232 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2233 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2234 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2235 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2236 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2237 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2238 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2240 int relief
= s
->img
->relief
;
2241 if (relief
< 0) relief
= -relief
;
2242 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2243 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2244 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2245 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2250 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2251 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2252 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2256 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2259 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2261 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, extra
;
2264 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2266 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2267 right of that line. */
2268 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2269 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2271 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2273 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2275 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2276 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2277 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2278 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2280 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2281 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2283 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2284 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2288 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2289 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2292 extra
= s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
2293 ? XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
) : 0;
2295 x0
= x
- thick
- extra
;
2296 y0
= y
- thick
- extra
;
2297 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2298 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2300 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2301 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2302 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2304 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2306 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2311 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2314 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2317 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2319 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2320 right of that line. */
2321 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2322 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2324 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2326 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2328 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2329 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2330 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2331 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2337 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2338 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2339 trust on the shape extension to be available
2340 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2342 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2346 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2347 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2348 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2349 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2350 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2352 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2353 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2354 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2355 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2359 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2360 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2361 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2363 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2364 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2365 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2366 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2367 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2368 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2369 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2371 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2373 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2374 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2375 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2380 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2381 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2382 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2386 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2387 give the rectangle to draw. */
2390 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2394 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2395 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2396 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2397 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2400 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2404 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2407 s->x +-------------------------
2410 | +-------------------------
2413 | | +-------------------
2419 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2421 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2422 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2424 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2427 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2428 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2429 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2430 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2432 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2433 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2435 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2436 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2440 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2441 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2445 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2446 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2447 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2448 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2449 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2451 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2452 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2453 s
->background_width
,
2456 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2458 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2460 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2463 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2464 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2465 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2466 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2467 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2468 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2469 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2474 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2476 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2477 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2478 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2479 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2487 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2489 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2491 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2492 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2494 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2497 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2500 /* Draw the foreground. */
2503 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2504 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2505 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2506 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2507 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2510 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2512 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2514 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2515 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2516 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2520 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2523 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2525 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2527 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2528 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2530 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2531 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2532 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2535 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2537 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2541 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2547 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2549 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2551 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2552 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2553 x
+= background_width
;
2555 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2556 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2560 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2562 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2563 if (width
< background_width
)
2566 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2570 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2574 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2575 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2577 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2583 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2584 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2586 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2588 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2589 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2590 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2591 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2596 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2597 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2598 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2599 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2603 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2605 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2606 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2608 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2609 except for header line and mode line. */
2610 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2612 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2615 if (background_width
> 0)
2616 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2619 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2623 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2626 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2628 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2630 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2631 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2632 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2633 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2636 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2638 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2639 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2640 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2641 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2643 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2644 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2645 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2646 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2648 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2649 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2653 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2654 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2656 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2657 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2658 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2659 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2660 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2661 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2664 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2665 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2666 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2667 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2670 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2672 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2673 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2674 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2675 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2676 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2677 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2679 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2681 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2684 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2688 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2692 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2693 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2695 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2696 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2699 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2700 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2701 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2702 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2704 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2705 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2708 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2709 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2710 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2712 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2713 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2720 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2722 /* Draw underline. */
2723 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2725 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2728 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2730 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2731 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2732 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2736 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2737 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2738 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2741 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2742 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2745 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2746 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2747 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2748 specs, and its default is
2750 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2751 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2753 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2754 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2755 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2757 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2759 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2761 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2763 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2764 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2765 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2766 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2767 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2768 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2769 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2770 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2771 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2772 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2773 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2774 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2778 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2779 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2780 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2781 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2782 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2786 /* Draw overline. */
2787 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2789 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2791 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2792 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2797 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2798 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2799 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2801 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2805 /* Draw strike-through. */
2806 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2808 unsigned long h
= 1;
2809 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2811 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2812 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2817 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2818 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2819 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2821 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2825 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2826 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2827 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2831 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2833 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2834 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2835 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2837 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2838 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2839 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2842 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2843 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2844 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2845 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2847 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2848 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2850 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2856 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2858 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2859 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2860 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2862 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2863 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2864 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2867 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2868 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2869 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2870 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2872 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2873 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2875 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2880 /* Reset clipping. */
2881 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2885 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2888 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2890 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2891 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2892 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2896 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2900 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2906 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2907 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2910 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
2912 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2913 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2917 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2920 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2922 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2924 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2925 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2926 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2928 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2929 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2932 /* The following calls have been commented out because they do not
2933 seem to accomplish anything, apart from causing flickering during
2935 /* XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); */
2937 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
2938 something like that, then they should be notified. */
2939 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2941 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
2942 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
2943 redisplay, do it here. */
2944 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
2945 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2948 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2955 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2957 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2958 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2960 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2963 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2964 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2967 timeval_subtract (struct timeval
*result
, struct timeval x
, struct timeval y
)
2969 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2970 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2971 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2973 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2974 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2978 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2980 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2981 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2985 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2987 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2988 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2990 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2992 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2996 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
3002 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3003 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3004 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3006 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
3007 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
3008 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
3009 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3011 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
3015 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3018 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3019 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3020 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3021 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3022 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3023 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3024 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
3025 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3026 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
3029 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3030 pixels into background pixels. */
3034 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3035 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3036 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3038 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3039 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3043 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3044 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3045 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3046 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3047 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3048 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3049 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3053 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3054 edge it is next to. */
3055 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3057 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3058 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3061 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3062 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3069 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3071 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3072 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3074 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3076 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3077 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3078 width
, flash_height
);
3079 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3081 (height
- flash_height
3082 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3083 width
, flash_height
);
3087 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3088 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3089 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3090 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3095 struct timeval wakeup
;
3097 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3099 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3100 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3101 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3102 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3104 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3106 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3108 struct timeval current
;
3109 struct timeval timeout
;
3111 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3113 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3114 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3117 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3119 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3121 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3122 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3126 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3127 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3129 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3131 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3132 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3133 width
, flash_height
);
3134 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3136 (height
- flash_height
3137 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3138 width
, flash_height
);
3141 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3142 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3143 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3144 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3150 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3152 #undef XFillRectangle
3154 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3163 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3167 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (FRAME_PTR f
, int invisible
)
3172 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3173 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3174 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3177 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3178 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3179 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3184 /* Make audible bell. */
3187 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3189 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3191 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3198 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3199 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3206 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3207 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3208 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3209 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3212 XTset_terminal_window (struct frame
*f
, int n
)
3214 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3219 /***********************************************************************
3221 ***********************************************************************/
3223 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3224 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3227 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3233 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3236 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3238 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3239 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3241 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3242 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3244 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3246 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3247 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3248 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3252 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3253 line at the bottom. */
3254 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3255 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3257 height
= run
->height
;
3261 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3263 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3264 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3266 height
= run
->height
;
3271 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3275 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3276 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3277 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3287 /***********************************************************************
3289 ***********************************************************************/
3293 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3295 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3296 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3297 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3298 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3300 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3301 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3303 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3304 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3308 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3310 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3311 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3312 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3313 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3315 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3316 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3318 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3319 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3322 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3323 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3324 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3325 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3326 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3329 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3331 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3333 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3335 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3336 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3337 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3339 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3340 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3342 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3343 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3345 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3348 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3351 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3352 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3353 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3356 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3358 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3360 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3362 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3363 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3365 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3366 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3367 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3368 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3369 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3371 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3372 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3376 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3379 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3380 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3383 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3385 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3387 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3389 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3390 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3394 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3395 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3397 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3398 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3402 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3403 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3405 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3408 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3410 struct frame
*frame
;
3412 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3416 switch (event
->type
)
3421 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3423 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3425 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3426 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3427 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3428 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3430 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3436 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3437 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3438 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3439 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3443 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3445 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3446 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3447 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3454 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3457 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3459 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3462 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3463 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3464 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3466 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3467 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3468 the appropriate X display info. */
3471 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3473 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3477 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3479 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3481 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3483 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3484 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3485 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3486 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3487 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3489 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3490 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3494 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3496 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3499 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3500 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3501 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3507 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3509 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3511 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3513 int min_code
, max_code
;
3516 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3518 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3519 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3520 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3521 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3522 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3524 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3526 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3527 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3529 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3531 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3532 Alt keysyms are on. */
3534 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3535 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3537 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3539 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3540 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3542 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3544 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3548 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3552 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3554 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3560 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3561 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3566 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3567 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3572 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3573 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3574 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3575 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3580 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3581 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3582 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3583 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3587 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3588 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3589 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3590 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3591 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3600 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3601 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3603 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3604 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3607 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3608 make them just meta, not alt. */
3609 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3611 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3614 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3615 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3618 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3622 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, unsigned int state
)
3624 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3625 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3626 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3627 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3630 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3631 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3632 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3633 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3634 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3635 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3636 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3637 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3640 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3641 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3642 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3643 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3644 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3645 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3649 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, unsigned int state
)
3651 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3652 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3653 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3654 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3658 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3659 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3660 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3661 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3662 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3663 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3664 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3665 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3668 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3669 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3670 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3671 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3672 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3673 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3676 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3679 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3684 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3692 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3694 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3696 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3700 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
, XButtonEvent
*event
, struct frame
*f
)
3702 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3704 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3705 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3706 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3707 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3709 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3713 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3714 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3715 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3721 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3722 The input handler calls this.
3724 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3725 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3726 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3727 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3729 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3730 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3733 note_mouse_movement (FRAME_PTR frame
, XMotionEvent
*event
)
3735 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3736 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3737 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3739 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3742 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3744 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3745 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3746 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3747 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3752 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3753 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3754 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3755 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3756 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3757 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3759 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3760 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3761 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3762 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3763 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3764 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3772 /************************************************************************
3774 ************************************************************************/
3777 redo_mouse_highlight (void)
3779 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3780 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3781 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3782 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3783 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3788 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3789 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3791 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3792 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3793 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3794 position on the scroll bar.
3796 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3797 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3800 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3801 was at this position.
3803 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3805 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3809 XTmouse_position (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
3810 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
3811 long unsigned int *timestamp
)
3817 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3818 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3824 Window dummy_window
;
3827 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3829 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3830 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3831 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3832 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3833 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3835 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3837 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3838 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3839 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3841 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3844 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3845 a different screen. */
3848 /* The position on that root window. */
3851 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3854 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3856 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3858 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3859 containing the pointer. */
3863 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3867 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3868 structure is changing at the same time this function
3869 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3871 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3873 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3874 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3876 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3877 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3878 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3880 /* From-window, to-window. */
3881 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3883 /* From-position, to-position. */
3884 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3888 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3894 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3896 /* From-window, to-window. */
3899 /* From-position, to-position. */
3900 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3905 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3908 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3909 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
3910 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
3911 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
3912 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
3920 /* Now we know that:
3921 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3922 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3923 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3924 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3925 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3926 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3927 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3928 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3929 never use them in that case.) */
3932 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3933 want the edit window. */
3934 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3936 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3937 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3940 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3941 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3944 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3945 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3947 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3950 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3953 x_uncatch_errors ();
3955 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3958 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3960 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3964 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3970 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3971 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3975 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3976 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3977 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3978 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3979 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3980 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3981 the frame are divided into. */
3983 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3984 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
3989 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3990 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3991 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4001 /***********************************************************************
4003 ***********************************************************************/
4005 /* Scroll bar support. */
4007 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4009 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4012 static struct scroll_bar
*
4013 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4017 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4018 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4019 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4021 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4023 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
4025 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4026 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
4027 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
4030 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4033 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4035 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4036 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4037 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4038 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4039 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4042 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4043 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4044 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4045 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4052 #if defined USE_LUCID
4054 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4055 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4058 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4062 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4064 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4066 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4067 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4069 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4077 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4080 /************************************************************************
4082 ************************************************************************/
4084 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4086 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
4087 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4088 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*,
4089 struct scroll_bar
*);
4090 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*,
4094 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4095 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4097 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4099 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4101 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4103 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4104 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4107 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4109 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4111 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4113 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4114 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4115 to avoid jerkyness. */
4117 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4119 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4120 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4121 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4122 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4125 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4126 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4129 const char *end_action
;
4132 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4133 end_action
= "Release";
4134 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4135 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4136 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4137 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4140 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4141 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4145 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4146 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4147 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4149 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4151 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4152 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4153 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4155 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4156 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4158 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4159 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4162 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4164 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4165 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4167 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4168 static size_t scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4171 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4172 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4173 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4174 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4177 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4180 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4181 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4182 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4187 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4188 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4189 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4190 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4191 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4194 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4195 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4196 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4197 into that array in the event. */
4198 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4199 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4202 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4204 size_t new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4205 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4206 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4208 if ((size_t) -1 / sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
< new_size
)
4210 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4212 memset (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], 0, nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4213 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4216 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4217 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4218 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4219 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4220 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4221 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4223 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4224 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4225 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4226 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4229 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4230 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4231 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4232 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4237 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4241 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*ievent
)
4243 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4247 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4248 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4250 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4252 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4253 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4256 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4259 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
4261 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4262 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4263 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4264 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4265 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4271 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4273 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4276 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4277 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4278 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4281 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4283 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4284 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4285 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4289 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4290 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4291 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4294 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4295 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4296 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4299 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4300 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4301 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4304 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4305 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4306 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4310 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4311 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4314 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4315 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4316 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4323 /* Get the slider size. */
4325 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4328 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4329 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4330 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4331 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4335 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4341 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4342 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4343 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4347 #elif defined USE_GTK
4349 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4350 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4353 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4354 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4358 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4360 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4361 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4362 FRAME_PTR f
= (FRAME_PTR
) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4364 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4365 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4370 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4371 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4372 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4373 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4375 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4376 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4377 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4378 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4379 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4382 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4383 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4384 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4386 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4387 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4388 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4390 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4391 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4392 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4394 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4395 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4396 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4402 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4403 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4404 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4410 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4413 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4414 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4417 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4418 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4419 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4421 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4422 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4423 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4430 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4432 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4433 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4434 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4438 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4440 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4441 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4443 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4446 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4448 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4452 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4454 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4455 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4456 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4457 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4458 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4460 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4462 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4464 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4465 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4466 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4467 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4471 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4472 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4473 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4474 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4475 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4476 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4477 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4480 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4482 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4483 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4484 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4488 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4490 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4493 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4494 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4496 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4497 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4498 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4499 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4501 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4503 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4504 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4505 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4506 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4509 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4511 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4513 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4514 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4518 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4520 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4523 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4524 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4529 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4532 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4538 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4539 unsigned long pixel
;
4544 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4545 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4546 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4547 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4548 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4549 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4550 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4551 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4553 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4556 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4560 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4563 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4567 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4568 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4570 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4571 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4573 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4575 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4577 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4579 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4581 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4583 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4586 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4587 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4589 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4590 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4591 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4592 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4594 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4596 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4597 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4598 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4599 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4600 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4601 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4602 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4603 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4605 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4608 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4612 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4615 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4619 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4621 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4622 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4624 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4627 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4628 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4629 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4631 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4634 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4636 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4639 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4640 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4641 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4643 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4647 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4648 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4649 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4650 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4651 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4652 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4653 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4656 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4657 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4661 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4662 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4663 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4665 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4667 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4670 /* Specify the colors. */
4671 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4674 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4677 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4680 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4686 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4687 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4691 char *val
= initial
;
4692 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4693 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4694 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4696 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4697 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4698 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4699 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4700 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4701 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4705 /* Define callbacks. */
4706 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4707 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4710 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4711 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4713 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4715 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4716 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4717 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4718 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4720 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4721 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4722 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4723 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4727 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4730 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4731 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4735 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4737 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4740 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4742 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4745 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4746 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4753 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4754 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4755 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4756 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4757 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4758 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4759 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4760 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4761 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4762 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4763 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4764 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4765 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4766 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4773 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4774 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4777 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4781 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4782 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4784 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4785 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4786 size
= max (size
, 1);
4788 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4789 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4790 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4792 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4794 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4800 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4801 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4805 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4807 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4808 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4809 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4813 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4814 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4815 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4818 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4819 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4821 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4822 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4823 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4824 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4826 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4827 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4830 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4831 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4832 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4834 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4838 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4842 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4844 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4848 /************************************************************************
4849 Scroll bars, general
4850 ************************************************************************/
4852 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4853 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4854 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4857 static struct scroll_bar
*
4858 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4860 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4861 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4862 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4866 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4867 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4868 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4870 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4874 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4875 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4876 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4878 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4879 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4881 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4883 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4885 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4886 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4887 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4888 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4889 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4891 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4893 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4894 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4895 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4897 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4899 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4906 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4908 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4910 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4914 bar
->height
= height
;
4917 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4918 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4920 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4921 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4923 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4924 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4925 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4927 /* Map the window/widget. */
4928 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4931 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4934 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4935 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4937 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4938 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4939 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4940 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4942 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4943 max (height
, 1), 0);
4944 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4945 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4947 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4948 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
4949 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4956 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4958 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4960 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4961 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4962 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4965 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4966 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4967 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4968 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4969 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4972 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
4974 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4975 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
4976 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4977 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4979 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4981 && start
== bar
->start
4988 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
4989 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
4990 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
4992 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4993 the distance between start and end. */
4995 int length
= end
- start
;
4999 else if (start
> top_range
)
5001 end
= start
+ length
;
5005 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5009 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5013 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5014 if (end
> top_range
)
5017 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5018 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5019 that many pixels tall. */
5020 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5022 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5023 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5025 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5026 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5027 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5028 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5029 inside_width
, start
,
5032 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5033 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5034 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5035 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5037 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5038 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5039 /* x, y, width, height */
5040 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5041 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5042 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5044 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5045 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5046 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5047 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5049 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5050 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5051 if (end
< inside_height
)
5052 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5053 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5054 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5055 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5056 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5064 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5066 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5070 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5072 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5075 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5077 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5078 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5079 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5080 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5082 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5085 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5086 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5092 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5093 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5094 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5098 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5100 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5101 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5102 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5103 int window_y
, window_height
;
5104 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5105 int fringe_extended_p
;
5108 /* Get window dimensions. */
5109 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5111 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5112 height
= window_height
;
5114 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5115 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5117 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5118 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5119 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5120 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5124 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5125 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5126 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5127 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5129 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5131 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5132 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5137 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5138 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5139 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5140 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5141 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5142 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5144 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5145 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5146 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5147 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5150 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5151 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5153 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5156 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5157 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5158 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5159 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5162 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5163 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5167 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5171 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5172 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5174 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5178 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5180 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5182 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5184 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5187 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5189 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5190 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5192 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5193 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5194 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5196 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5197 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5198 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5200 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5201 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5204 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5207 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5208 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5210 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5211 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5212 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5214 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5215 max (height
, 1), 0);
5216 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5218 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5220 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5221 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5222 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5224 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5225 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5227 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5228 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5229 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5233 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5234 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5235 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5238 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5239 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5240 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5242 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5243 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5244 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5245 rest
, height
, False
);
5247 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5248 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5252 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5257 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5259 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5261 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5265 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5267 /* Remember new settings. */
5268 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5270 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5271 bar
->height
= height
;
5276 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5277 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5279 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5280 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5281 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5283 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5285 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5288 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5291 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5292 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5293 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5296 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5298 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5302 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5303 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5304 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5305 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5306 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5307 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5308 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5310 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5311 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5312 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5315 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR frame
)
5317 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5318 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5321 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5322 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5323 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5324 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5325 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5326 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5327 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5332 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5333 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5336 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5338 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5341 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5342 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5345 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5347 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5348 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5349 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5351 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5353 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5354 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5356 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5357 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5358 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5360 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5361 one or the other! */
5365 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5367 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5368 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5370 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5372 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5373 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5374 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5377 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5378 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5381 XTjudge_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR f
)
5383 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5385 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5387 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5388 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5389 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5391 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5393 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5395 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5398 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5401 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5402 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5406 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5407 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5408 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5410 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5414 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5416 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5417 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5418 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5419 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5423 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5425 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5426 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5427 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5428 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5430 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5431 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5433 /* x, y, width, height */
5435 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5438 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5439 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5440 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5441 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5446 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5448 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5449 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5451 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5456 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5458 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5461 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5462 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5463 emacs_event
->modifiers
5464 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5465 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5466 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5467 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5470 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5471 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5472 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5475 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5476 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5479 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5482 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5483 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5484 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5486 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5488 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5489 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5490 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5491 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5493 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5494 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5496 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5497 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5501 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5502 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5506 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5508 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5510 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5514 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5516 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5518 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5521 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5523 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5524 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5526 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5527 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5529 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5531 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5533 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5538 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5540 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5541 on the scroll bar. */
5544 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
5545 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
5546 Lisp_Object
*y
, long unsigned int *timestamp
)
5548 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5549 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5550 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5552 Window dummy_window
;
5554 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5558 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5560 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5562 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5563 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5564 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5566 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5569 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5575 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5577 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5579 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5580 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5584 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5588 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5590 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5591 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5592 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5593 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5594 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5595 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5597 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5599 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5600 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5603 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5606 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5612 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5613 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5614 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5618 x_scroll_bar_clear (FRAME_PTR f
)
5620 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5623 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5624 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5625 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5626 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5627 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5628 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5629 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5630 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5632 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5636 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5638 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5639 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5640 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5641 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5643 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5644 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5646 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5648 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5649 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5651 static int temp_index
;
5652 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5654 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5655 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5657 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5659 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5660 on a particular display. */
5662 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5664 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5665 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5666 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5667 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5669 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5671 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT \
5674 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5675 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5676 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5677 *f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = event; \
5678 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5679 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5690 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5691 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5692 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5694 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5696 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5700 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5702 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5703 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5704 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5707 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5708 event
->xclient
.window
);
5710 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5715 static int current_count
;
5716 static int current_finish
;
5717 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5719 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5720 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5721 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5722 static GdkFilterReturn
5723 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5725 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5728 if (current_count
>= 0)
5730 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5732 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5735 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5736 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5737 so we do it here. */
5738 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5740 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5743 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5748 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5751 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5755 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5759 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5760 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5762 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5764 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5767 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time time
,
5768 enum xembed_message message
,
5769 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5771 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5773 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5774 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5775 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5777 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5780 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*eventptr
,
5781 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5784 struct input_event ie
;
5785 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5790 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5791 struct coding_system coding
;
5792 XEvent event
= *eventptr
;
5793 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5795 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5797 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5798 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5801 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5802 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5808 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5809 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5810 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5812 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5813 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5815 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5816 could be the shell widget window
5817 if the frame has no title bar. */
5818 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5820 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5821 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5822 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5824 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5825 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5826 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5827 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5828 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5831 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5832 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5833 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5834 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5837 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5838 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5839 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5842 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5843 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5844 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5846 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5847 /* The ICCCM says this is
5848 the only valid choice. */
5850 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5851 /* This is needed to detect the error
5852 if there is an error. */
5854 x_uncatch_errors ();
5856 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5861 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5862 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5864 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5865 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5866 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5867 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5868 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5869 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5870 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5871 session manager and one for this. */
5873 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5876 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5877 event
.xclient
.window
);
5878 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5879 for a single Emacs process. */
5880 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5881 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5882 event
.xclient
.window
,
5883 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5885 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5886 event
.xclient
.window
,
5892 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5893 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5895 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5896 event
.xclient
.window
);
5898 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5900 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5901 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5908 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5909 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5914 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5915 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5918 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5920 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5921 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5925 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5932 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5933 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5935 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5937 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5941 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5943 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5944 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5945 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5946 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5948 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5949 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5950 currently never do because we are interested in
5951 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5952 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5953 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5956 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5957 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5961 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5962 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5963 we construct an input_event. */
5964 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5965 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5967 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5968 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5971 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5973 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
5974 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5975 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
5977 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5978 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
5979 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
5981 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5985 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
5987 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5990 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5991 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5995 case SelectionNotify
:
5996 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
5997 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5998 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6000 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6001 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6004 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6005 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6006 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6007 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6009 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6011 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
6013 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6014 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6015 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6016 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6017 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6021 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6022 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6023 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6024 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6026 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6028 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
6029 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
6031 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6032 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6033 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6034 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6035 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6036 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6037 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6038 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6042 case PropertyNotify
:
6043 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6044 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6045 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6046 x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
);
6048 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6049 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6052 case ReparentNotify
:
6053 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6057 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6058 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6062 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6063 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6064 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6069 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6073 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6074 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6075 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6076 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6077 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6080 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6082 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6083 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6084 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6085 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6089 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6090 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6094 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6095 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6097 #if defined USE_LUCID
6098 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6099 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6100 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6103 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6105 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6107 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6109 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6110 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6112 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6113 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6114 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6117 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6118 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6121 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6122 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6126 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6127 source area was obscured or not
6129 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6133 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6134 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6135 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6137 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6140 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6143 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6144 source area was completely
6149 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6150 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6153 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6156 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6157 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6158 the frame was deleted. */
6160 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6161 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6162 display that won't ever be seen. */
6163 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6164 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6165 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6166 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6167 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6168 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6169 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6170 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6172 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6174 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6175 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6181 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6182 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6183 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6186 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6187 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6188 frame is visible. */
6189 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6192 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6193 the frame's display structures.
6194 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6195 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6196 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6197 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6198 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6199 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6201 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6202 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6203 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6204 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6206 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6207 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6208 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6212 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6213 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6215 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6216 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6217 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6218 to update the frame titles
6219 in case this is the second frame. */
6220 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6223 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6230 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6231 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6233 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6234 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6235 if (popup_activated ())
6239 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6241 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6242 mouse highlighting. */
6243 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6245 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6247 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6248 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6251 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6254 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6255 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6256 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6258 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6260 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6261 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6264 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6268 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6269 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6270 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6273 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6274 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6275 status_return even if the input is too long to
6276 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6277 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6278 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6279 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6280 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6281 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6282 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6284 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6288 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6289 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6290 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6292 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6296 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6297 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6298 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6300 /* This will have to go some day... */
6302 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6303 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6304 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6305 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6306 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6307 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6308 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6310 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6311 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6312 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6313 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6314 not it is combined with Meta. */
6315 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6316 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6321 Status status_return
;
6323 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6324 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6325 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6326 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6328 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6330 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6331 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6332 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6333 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6334 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6337 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6338 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6340 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6345 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6346 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6350 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6351 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6354 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6355 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6359 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6360 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6361 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6364 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6365 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6367 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6368 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6370 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6371 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6373 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6374 translations to characters. */
6375 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6376 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6378 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6379 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6383 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6384 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6386 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6387 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6389 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6390 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6394 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6395 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6396 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6400 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6401 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6402 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6403 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6407 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6408 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6409 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6410 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6411 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6412 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6414 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6415 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6417 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6418 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6419 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6420 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6421 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6422 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6424 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6425 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6427 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6428 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6430 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6431 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6433 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6434 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6436 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6437 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6439 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6440 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6442 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6443 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6445 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6446 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6448 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6449 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6451 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6452 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6454 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6455 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6457 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6458 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6460 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6461 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6463 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6464 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6465 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6466 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6467 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6468 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6469 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6470 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6471 don't have real modifiers but
6472 should be treated similarly to
6473 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6474 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6475 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6477 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6478 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6482 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6483 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6485 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6486 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6490 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6494 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6496 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6498 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6501 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6503 /* Decode the input data. */
6506 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6507 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6508 we used just above and the locale. */
6509 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6510 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6511 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6512 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6513 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6514 gives us composition information. */
6515 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6517 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6518 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6519 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6520 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6521 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6522 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6523 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6524 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6527 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6528 character events. */
6529 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6532 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6533 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6535 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6536 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
6537 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6538 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6540 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6545 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6547 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6553 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6554 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6562 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6564 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6565 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6573 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6574 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6576 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6578 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6579 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6581 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6582 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6583 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6584 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6586 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6587 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6588 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6589 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6594 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6598 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6599 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6601 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6604 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6606 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6607 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6608 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6609 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6612 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6613 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6614 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6615 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6616 if (any_help_event_p
)
6620 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6621 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6622 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6627 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6632 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6633 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6634 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6636 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6637 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6638 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6640 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6642 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6644 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6645 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6649 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6655 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6656 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6657 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6661 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6662 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6665 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6666 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6667 will be selected only when it is active. */
6668 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6669 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6670 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6671 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6672 create event iff we don't leave the
6674 && (focus_follows_mouse
6675 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6676 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6678 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6679 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6684 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6685 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6689 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6690 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6691 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6692 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6695 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6696 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6698 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6699 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6700 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6703 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6704 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6705 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6706 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6711 case ConfigureNotify
:
6712 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6715 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6716 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6718 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6719 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6725 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6727 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6728 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6730 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6731 is called by the code that handles resizing
6732 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6734 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6735 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6736 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6737 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6738 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6739 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6740 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6742 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6743 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6744 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6747 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6748 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6749 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6753 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6754 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6755 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6756 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6759 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6763 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6764 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6773 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6774 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6777 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6778 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6779 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6781 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6783 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6784 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6786 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6789 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6794 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6795 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6796 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6799 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6800 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6802 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6803 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6805 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6807 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6808 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6809 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6810 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6815 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6816 if (! popup_activated ())
6819 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6821 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6822 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6824 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6825 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6827 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6828 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6831 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6833 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6834 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6835 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6839 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6840 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6841 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6843 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6844 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6846 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6848 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6849 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6851 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6853 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6854 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6857 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6859 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6860 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6863 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6866 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6868 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6869 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6870 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6874 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6875 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6876 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6877 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6878 Instead, save it away
6879 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6880 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6881 if (! popup_activated ()
6883 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6884 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6886 && f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6887 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6888 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6889 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6890 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6891 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6892 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6893 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6895 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6896 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6897 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6899 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6901 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6906 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6910 case CirculateNotify
:
6913 case CirculateRequest
:
6916 case VisibilityNotify
:
6920 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6922 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6924 case MappingModifier
:
6925 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6926 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6927 case MappingKeyboard
:
6928 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6933 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6938 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6940 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6941 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6943 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6948 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6950 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6955 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6960 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6966 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6967 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6968 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6972 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6973 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6983 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6984 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6985 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6987 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6989 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
6991 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6992 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6994 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6997 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7003 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7004 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7005 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7007 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7008 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7009 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7012 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7015 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, int expected
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7018 int event_found
= 0;
7020 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7022 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7024 pending_signals
= 1;
7029 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7031 pending_signals
= pending_atimers
;
7035 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7036 input_signal_count
++;
7040 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7041 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7043 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7044 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7048 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7053 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7056 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7057 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7062 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7063 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7065 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7073 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7074 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7075 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7076 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7078 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7079 from all displays. */
7081 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7083 current_count
= count
;
7084 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7086 gtk_main_iteration ();
7088 count
= current_count
;
7090 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7092 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7095 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7097 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7098 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7101 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7102 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7103 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7105 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7109 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7110 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7112 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7114 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7115 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7119 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7121 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7122 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7124 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7125 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7137 /***********************************************************************
7139 ***********************************************************************/
7141 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7142 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7144 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7145 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7146 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7149 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int area
, GC gc
)
7151 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7152 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7153 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7155 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7157 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7158 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7159 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7160 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7161 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7163 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7167 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7170 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7172 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7173 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7174 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7177 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7180 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7181 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7182 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7183 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7186 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7187 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7188 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7190 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7191 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7192 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7193 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7194 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7196 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7197 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7198 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7200 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7201 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7202 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7203 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7207 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7209 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7210 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7211 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7215 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7217 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7218 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7220 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7221 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7223 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7224 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7227 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7228 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7229 the bar might not be in the window. */
7230 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7232 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7233 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7234 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7238 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7239 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7240 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7241 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7242 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7245 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7246 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7247 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7248 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7249 that the glyph is legible. */
7250 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7251 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7253 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7254 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7257 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7260 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7261 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7264 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7266 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7268 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7271 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7272 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7274 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7276 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7277 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7278 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7279 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7281 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7282 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7283 width
, row
->height
);
7287 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7290 width
= row
->height
;
7292 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7294 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7295 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7297 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7298 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7299 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7300 row
->height
- width
),
7301 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7304 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7309 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7312 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7314 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7315 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7316 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7317 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7321 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7324 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7326 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7327 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7329 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7330 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7331 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7336 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7339 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
, int y
, int cursor_type
, int cursor_width
, int on_p
, int active_p
)
7341 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7345 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7346 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7348 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7349 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7350 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7351 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7353 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7354 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7358 switch (cursor_type
)
7360 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7361 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7364 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7365 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7369 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7373 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7377 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7386 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7387 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7388 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7393 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7400 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7403 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7407 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7410 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7411 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7412 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7413 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7418 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7419 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7420 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7422 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7423 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7424 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7428 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7429 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7435 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7436 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7439 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7441 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7443 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7447 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7450 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
7451 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7455 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7456 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7460 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7461 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7462 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7463 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7464 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7466 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7469 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7470 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7476 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7477 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7480 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7482 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7487 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7488 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7490 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7491 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7494 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7495 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7496 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7497 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7502 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7504 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7505 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7507 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7508 be called from a signal handler.
7511 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7512 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7514 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7516 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7518 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7519 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7520 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7523 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7525 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
7526 x_error_message
->string
,
7527 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7530 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7531 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7534 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7535 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7536 stored in *x_error_message.
7538 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7539 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7541 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7543 void x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
);
7546 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7548 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7550 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7554 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7555 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7556 x_error_message
= data
;
7559 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7560 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7563 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7565 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7569 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7570 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7571 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7572 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7574 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7575 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7580 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7581 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7582 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7585 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7587 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7590 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7592 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7593 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7594 x_uncatch_errors ();
7595 error (format
, string
);
7599 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7600 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7603 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7605 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7608 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7611 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7614 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7616 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7619 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7620 * idea. --lorentey */
7621 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7624 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7626 while (x_error_message
)
7627 x_uncatch_errors ();
7631 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7634 x_catching_errors (void)
7636 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7640 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7643 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7648 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7649 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7650 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7651 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7652 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7655 x_connection_signal (int signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7656 /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7659 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7660 must reestablish each time */
7661 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7666 /************************************************************************
7668 ************************************************************************/
7670 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7672 static char *error_msg
;
7674 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7675 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7678 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7680 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7681 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7682 int idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7684 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7685 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7686 handling_signal
= 0;
7688 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7689 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7693 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7695 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7696 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7699 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7700 that are on the dead display. */
7701 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7703 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7705 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7706 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7707 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7708 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7709 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7710 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7713 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7714 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7715 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7716 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7717 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7718 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7720 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7721 trying to find a replacement. */
7722 KVAR (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
) = Qt
;
7723 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7726 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7727 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7730 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
7731 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
7732 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
7734 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7735 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7736 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7737 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7738 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7739 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7740 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7741 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7742 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7745 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7747 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7748 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7750 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7751 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7752 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7753 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7758 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7759 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7763 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7765 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7766 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7770 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7772 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7774 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7775 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7777 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
7778 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7780 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
7781 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
7783 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7784 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7785 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7786 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7789 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7790 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7791 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7793 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7794 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7797 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7799 if (x_error_message
)
7800 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
7802 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
7806 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7807 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7808 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7810 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7812 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7813 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7815 static void NO_INLINE
7816 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7818 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7820 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7821 or colors that are not defined. */
7823 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
7826 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7827 original error handler. */
7829 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7830 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7831 buf
, event
->request_code
);
7832 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7836 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7837 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7838 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7841 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7845 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7846 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7850 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7852 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7853 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7854 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7858 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7860 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7863 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7864 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7865 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7866 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7870 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7871 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7872 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7873 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
7874 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7876 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7878 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7879 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7881 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7882 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7883 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7887 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7888 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7891 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7893 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7894 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7895 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7896 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7897 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7902 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7905 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7914 /***********************************************************************
7916 ***********************************************************************/
7922 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7923 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7924 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7927 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7929 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7930 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7934 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7935 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7937 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7938 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7940 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7941 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7945 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7946 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7947 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7951 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7954 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7955 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
7958 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7959 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7962 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
7970 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
7971 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
7978 XIMCallback destroy
;
7981 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
7982 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
7985 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
7986 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
7987 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
7993 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
7994 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7998 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8000 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8001 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8002 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8003 when the callback was registered. */
8006 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8008 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8009 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8011 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8015 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8017 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8018 as they have no XIC. */
8019 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8021 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8024 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8026 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8029 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8030 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8032 create_frame_xic (f
);
8033 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8034 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8035 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8037 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8038 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8047 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8050 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8051 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8052 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8053 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8056 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8058 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8062 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8063 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8066 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8067 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8068 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8069 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8070 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8071 memcpy (xim_inst
->resource_name
, resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8072 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8073 resource_name
, emacs_class
,
8074 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8075 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8076 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8077 least, hence the configure test. */
8078 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8079 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8080 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8081 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8083 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8087 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8090 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8095 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8096 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8097 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8099 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8100 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8101 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8102 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8103 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8104 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8105 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8106 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8108 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8111 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8115 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8116 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8119 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8121 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8123 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8124 is already for the top-left corner. */
8125 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8128 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8129 position that fits on the screen. */
8130 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8131 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8132 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8135 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8137 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8138 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8139 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8141 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8142 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8143 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8144 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8147 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8148 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8150 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8153 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8154 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8155 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8158 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8159 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8160 so the flags should correspond. */
8161 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8164 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8165 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8166 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8167 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8168 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8171 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8173 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8175 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8177 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8178 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8182 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8184 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8186 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8187 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8189 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8192 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8194 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8195 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8197 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8199 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8200 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8201 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8202 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8203 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8206 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8207 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8209 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8210 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8213 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8214 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8215 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8216 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8219 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8220 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8221 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8223 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8224 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8225 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8226 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8227 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8228 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8233 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8234 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8235 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8236 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8237 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8240 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8243 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8244 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8245 Window wmcheck_window
;
8246 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8247 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8248 long max_len
= 65536;
8249 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8250 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8251 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8255 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8256 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8257 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8258 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8259 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8260 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8262 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8264 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8265 x_uncatch_errors ();
8270 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8273 /* Check if window exists. */
8274 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8276 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8278 x_uncatch_errors ();
8283 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8285 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8286 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8287 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8288 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8289 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8290 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8292 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8294 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8295 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8296 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8297 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8298 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8300 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8302 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8303 x_uncatch_errors ();
8308 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8309 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8310 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8315 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8316 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8318 x_uncatch_errors ();
8325 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8327 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8329 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8330 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8332 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8334 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8336 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8338 ? Fcons (make_fixnum_or_float (value
), Qnil
)
8343 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8346 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8348 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8350 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8351 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8354 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8355 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8356 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not. */
8359 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8365 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8366 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8367 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8368 long max_len
= 65536;
8369 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8370 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8371 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8374 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8377 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8378 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8379 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8380 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8381 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8383 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8385 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8386 x_uncatch_errors ();
8391 x_uncatch_errors ();
8393 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8395 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8396 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8398 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8399 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8401 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8403 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8405 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8406 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8408 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8410 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8411 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8412 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8416 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8420 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8423 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8425 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8426 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8429 get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8431 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8432 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8434 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8436 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8440 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8442 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8443 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8444 are sent at once. */
8445 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8447 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8448 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8449 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8450 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8451 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8452 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8454 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8455 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8456 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8457 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8458 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8459 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8460 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8462 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8463 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8464 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8465 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8466 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8467 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8468 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8470 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8471 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8472 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8473 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8474 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8476 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8477 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8478 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8480 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8481 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8484 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8488 return have_net_atom
;
8492 XTfullscreen_hook (FRAME_PTR f
)
8494 if (f
->async_visible
)
8497 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8505 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8507 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8511 get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8515 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8518 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8521 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8524 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8529 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8530 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8533 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8534 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8536 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8538 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8541 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8542 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8544 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8545 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8546 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8548 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8550 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8551 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8553 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8555 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8556 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8557 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8558 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8559 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8561 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8562 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8564 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8565 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8568 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8573 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8574 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8575 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8576 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8577 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8578 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8579 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8582 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8584 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8586 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8587 window manager window around the frame. */
8589 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8591 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8593 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8598 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8599 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8600 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8602 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8604 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8605 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8607 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8608 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8610 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8613 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8614 frame's position. */
8616 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8620 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8621 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8622 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8623 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8624 of an exact comparison. */
8627 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8631 while (count
++ < 50)
8633 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8635 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8636 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8639 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8640 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8644 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8647 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8648 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8651 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8655 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8656 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8658 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8662 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8664 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8666 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8669 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8670 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8672 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8673 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8675 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticable.
8676 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8677 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (tmo
, 0, 100000);
8678 EMACS_GET_TIME (tmo_at
);
8679 EMACS_ADD_TIME (tmo_at
, tmo_at
, tmo
);
8681 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8683 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
8684 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
8685 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8687 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8692 EMACS_GET_TIME (time_now
);
8693 EMACS_SUB_TIME (tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
);
8695 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (tmo
) || select (fd
+1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
) == 0)
8696 break; /* Timeout */
8698 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8699 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8703 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8704 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8705 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8706 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8709 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8711 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8713 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8714 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8715 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8717 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
8719 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8721 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
)
8722 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
);
8723 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8724 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8726 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8727 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8728 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8729 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8732 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8733 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8734 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8735 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8736 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8738 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8739 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8740 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8741 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8743 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8744 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8745 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8746 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8747 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8749 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8752 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8753 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8754 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8755 if (f
->async_visible
)
8756 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8759 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8760 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8761 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8767 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8768 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8769 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8770 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8773 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8777 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8781 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8782 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8783 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8784 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8785 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8786 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8787 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8788 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8789 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8790 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8792 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8794 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8795 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8796 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8797 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8798 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8799 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8800 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8804 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8805 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8807 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8808 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8810 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8812 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8814 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8815 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8817 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8818 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8819 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8820 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8821 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8826 /* Mouse warping. */
8829 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8833 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8834 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8836 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8837 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8839 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8840 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8844 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8845 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8849 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8852 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8856 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8857 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8861 /* Raise frame F. */
8864 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8867 if (f
->async_visible
)
8868 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8870 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8874 /* Lower frame F. */
8877 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8879 if (f
->async_visible
)
8882 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8883 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8888 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8891 x_ewmh_activate_frame (FRAME_PTR f
)
8893 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8894 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8896 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8897 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
8900 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8901 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8902 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
8904 Fcons (make_number (1),
8905 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
8911 XTframe_raise_lower (FRAME_PTR f
, int raise_flag
)
8919 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8921 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
8923 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8925 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
8928 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
8930 unsigned long data
[2];
8931 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8933 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
8936 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8937 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
8938 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
8940 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
8943 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
8944 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
8948 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8949 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
8950 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
8951 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8952 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
8953 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
8954 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
8955 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
8956 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
8958 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
8959 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
8960 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8963 /* Change of visibility. */
8965 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8966 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8967 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8968 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8969 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8970 finishes with it. */
8973 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
8976 int original_top
, original_left
;
8977 int retry_count
= 2;
8983 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8985 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8987 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8989 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8990 call x_set_offset a second time
8991 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8992 before the window gets really visible. */
8993 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8994 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
8995 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8996 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8998 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9000 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9001 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9002 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9003 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9004 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9007 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9008 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9010 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9012 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9013 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9015 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9016 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9018 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9019 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9020 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9023 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9025 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9026 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9027 so that incoming events are handled. */
9031 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9032 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9033 will set it when they are handled. */
9034 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9036 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9037 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9039 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9042 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9044 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9045 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9046 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9047 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9049 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9050 because the window manager may choose the position
9051 and we don't want to override it. */
9053 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9054 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9055 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9056 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9057 && previously_visible
)
9061 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9065 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9066 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9067 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9068 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9069 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9070 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9071 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9072 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9073 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9075 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9076 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9077 original_left
, original_top
);
9082 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9084 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9085 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9086 MapNotify at all.. */
9087 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9088 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9090 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9093 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9094 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9095 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9096 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9097 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9099 if (input_polling_used ())
9101 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9102 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9103 handler reset it. */
9104 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9105 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9106 poll_for_input_1 ();
9107 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9110 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9111 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9116 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9120 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9121 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9122 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9123 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9125 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
!= 0)
9130 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9132 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9135 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9139 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9140 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9142 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9143 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9144 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9148 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9149 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9150 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9151 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9152 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9153 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9156 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9157 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9160 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9161 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9166 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9167 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9169 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9170 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9174 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9175 just by the event that we get from the server.
9176 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9177 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9178 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9180 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9181 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9182 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9189 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9192 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9194 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9199 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9200 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9201 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9203 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9208 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9210 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9212 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9215 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9217 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9218 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9220 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9223 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9224 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9230 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9232 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9234 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9235 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9236 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9237 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9238 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9239 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9240 so we have to record it here. */
9243 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9244 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9249 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9250 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9251 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9255 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9257 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9258 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9262 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9264 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9266 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9267 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9268 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9269 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9270 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9271 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9273 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9274 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9276 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9277 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9281 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9282 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9283 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9284 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9285 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9287 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9288 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9290 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9293 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9294 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9298 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9300 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9302 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9304 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9305 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9308 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9309 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9311 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9313 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9317 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9320 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9322 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9323 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9324 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9326 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9331 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9332 commands to the X server. */
9333 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9335 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9336 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9338 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9339 free_frame_faces (f
);
9341 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9342 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9344 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9345 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9346 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9347 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9348 toolkit scroll bars. */
9349 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9351 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9352 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9361 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9362 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9364 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9365 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9367 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9368 we are using a toolkit. */
9369 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9370 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9372 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9373 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9376 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9377 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9379 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9380 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9381 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9383 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9384 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9385 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9386 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9387 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9388 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9390 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9391 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9392 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9393 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9394 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9395 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9396 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9397 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9398 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9399 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9400 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9401 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9402 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9403 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9404 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9407 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9410 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9411 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9412 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9414 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9415 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9416 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9417 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9418 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9419 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9421 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9423 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9424 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9425 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9426 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9427 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9428 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9429 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9436 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9439 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9441 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9443 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9444 commands to the X server. */
9445 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9446 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9448 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9452 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9454 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9455 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9456 that the window now has.
9457 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9458 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9459 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9463 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, int user_position
)
9465 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9466 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9468 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9469 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9471 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9472 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9474 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9475 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9477 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9478 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9479 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9480 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9481 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9482 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9484 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9486 int base_width
, base_height
;
9487 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9489 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9490 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9492 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9494 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9495 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9496 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9497 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9498 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9500 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9501 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9502 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9504 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9505 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9506 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9507 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9508 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9511 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9514 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9519 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9520 long supplied_return
;
9523 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9527 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9532 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9533 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9534 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9535 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9536 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9537 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9538 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9539 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9546 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9547 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9551 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9552 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9554 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9556 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9558 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9560 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9563 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9565 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9568 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9569 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9570 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9571 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9573 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9574 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9576 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9577 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9581 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, int pixmap_id
)
9583 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9585 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9586 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9591 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9592 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9593 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9594 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9598 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9606 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9610 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9614 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9615 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9616 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9617 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9620 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9622 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9623 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9625 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9629 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9631 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9633 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9634 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9635 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9637 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9641 /***********************************************************************
9643 ***********************************************************************/
9647 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9651 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9655 xassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9656 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9657 xassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9660 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9663 /***********************************************************************
9665 ***********************************************************************/
9667 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9668 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9669 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9670 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9672 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9673 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9674 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9676 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9677 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9678 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9679 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9680 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9681 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9682 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9685 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9687 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9689 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9691 static int x_initialized
;
9693 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9694 the screen number from the server number. */
9696 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9699 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9700 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
9701 int length_until_period
= 0;
9703 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9704 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9705 length_until_period
++;
9707 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9708 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9710 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9712 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9713 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9714 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9715 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9716 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9717 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9718 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9719 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9720 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9721 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9722 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9723 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9724 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9725 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9727 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9731 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9735 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9736 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9739 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9740 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9743 get_bits_and_offset (long unsigned int mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9764 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9765 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9768 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9773 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9775 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
9783 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
9784 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
9786 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
9787 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
9791 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9792 the structure that describes the open display.
9793 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9795 struct x_display_info
*
9796 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9800 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9801 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9803 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
;
9813 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
9814 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
9820 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9821 char **argv2
= argv
;
9824 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9826 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9830 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9831 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9833 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9837 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9839 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9841 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9842 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
9845 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9846 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9848 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9850 /* Emacs can only handle core input events, so make sure
9851 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
9853 static char fix_events
[] = "GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1";
9854 putenv (fix_events
);
9857 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9858 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9859 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9860 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9861 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9862 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9864 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
9868 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
9870 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
9871 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9873 #if GTK_MAJOR_VERSION <= 2 && GTK_MINOR_VERSION <= 90
9874 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9876 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9877 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9879 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
9880 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9882 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9883 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
9887 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9888 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9891 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9892 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9893 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
9895 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
9896 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
9897 So let's not use it until R6. */
9899 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
9910 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
9911 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
9913 turn_on_atimers (0);
9914 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
9915 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
9916 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
9918 turn_on_atimers (1);
9921 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
9926 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9927 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9928 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
9929 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9930 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
9932 /* Detect failure. */
9939 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
9941 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
9942 memset (dpyinfo
, 0, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
9943 hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9945 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
9948 struct x_display_info
*share
;
9951 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
9952 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9953 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
9954 SSDATA (display_name
)))
9957 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
9960 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
9961 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
9962 KVAR (terminal
->kboard
, Vwindow_system
) = Qx
;
9964 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
9965 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
9966 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
9967 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
9968 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
9970 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
9972 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
9974 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
9975 list of terminals. */
9976 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
9977 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
9978 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
9979 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
9981 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
9982 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
9984 KVAR (terminal
->kboard
, Vsystem_key_alist
)
9985 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
9986 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
9988 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
9989 terminal_list
= terminal
;
9993 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
9994 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
9995 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
9996 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
9997 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
9999 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10002 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10003 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10004 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10006 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10007 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10008 x_display_name_list
);
10009 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10011 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10013 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10014 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10015 strncpy (terminal
->name
, SSDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10016 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10019 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10023 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10024 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10026 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10027 SSDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SSDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10029 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10030 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10032 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10034 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10035 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10036 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10038 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10039 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10041 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10042 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10043 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10044 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10046 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10048 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10050 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10052 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10053 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10054 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10055 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10056 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10057 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10058 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10059 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10060 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10061 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10062 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10063 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10064 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10065 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10066 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10067 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10068 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10069 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10070 hlinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10071 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10072 hlinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10073 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10074 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10075 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10076 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10077 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10078 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10079 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10081 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10082 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10083 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10085 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10087 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10088 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10089 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10090 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10091 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10092 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10095 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10096 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10098 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10101 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10102 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10103 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10105 if (STRINGP (value
)
10106 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10107 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10108 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10112 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10113 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10117 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10118 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10119 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10120 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10121 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10123 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10125 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10126 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10130 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10132 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10133 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10134 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10135 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10136 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10137 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10138 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10139 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10140 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10149 { "WM_PROTOCOLS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
},
10150 { "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
},
10151 { "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
},
10152 { "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
},
10153 { "WM_CHANGE_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
},
10154 { "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
},
10155 { "WM_MOVED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
},
10156 { "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
},
10157 { "Editres", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
},
10158 { "CLIPBOARD", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
},
10159 { "TIMESTAMP", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
},
10160 { "TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
},
10161 { "COMPOUND_TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
},
10162 { "UTF8_STRING", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
},
10163 { "DELETE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
},
10164 { "MULTIPLE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
},
10165 { "INCR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
},
10166 { "_EMACS_TMP_", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
},
10167 { "TARGETS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
},
10168 { "NULL", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
},
10169 { "ATOM_PAIR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
},
10170 { "_XEMBED_INFO", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
},
10171 /* For properties of font. */
10172 { "PIXEL_SIZE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
},
10173 { "AVERAGE_WIDTH", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
},
10174 { "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
},
10175 { "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
},
10176 { "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
},
10177 /* Ghostscript support. */
10178 { "DONE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
},
10179 { "PAGE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
},
10180 { "SCROLLBAR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
},
10181 { "_XEMBED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
},
10183 { "_NET_WM_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
},
10184 { "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
},
10185 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10186 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
},
10187 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10188 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
},
10189 { "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
},
10190 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type
},
10191 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10192 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
},
10193 { "_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
},
10194 { "_NET_WM_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_name
},
10195 { "_NET_SUPPORTED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
},
10196 { "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
},
10197 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
},
10198 { "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
},
10199 { "_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_frame_extents
},
10200 /* Session management */
10201 { "SM_CLIENT_ID", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
},
10202 { "_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_prop
},
10203 { "MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_mgr
},
10207 const int atom_count
= sizeof (atom_refs
) / sizeof (atom_refs
[0]);
10208 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10209 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10210 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (sizeof (Atom
) * total_atom_count
);
10211 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (sizeof (char *) * total_atom_count
);
10212 char xsettings_atom_name
[64];
10214 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10215 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10217 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10218 snprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, sizeof (xsettings_atom_name
),
10219 "_XSETTINGS_S%d", XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10220 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10222 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10223 False
, atoms_return
);
10225 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10226 *atom_refs
[i
].atom
= atoms_return
[i
];
10228 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10229 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10231 xfree (atom_names
);
10232 xfree (atoms_return
);
10235 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10236 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10237 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
10238 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10240 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10241 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10242 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10244 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10245 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10249 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10251 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10252 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10256 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10259 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10261 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10262 if (connection
!= 0)
10263 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10266 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10267 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10270 if (interrupt_input
)
10271 init_sigio (connection
);
10272 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10276 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10277 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10280 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10281 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10282 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10283 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10284 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10285 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10286 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10287 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10289 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10290 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10291 x_uncatch_errors ();
10295 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10296 for debugging X code. */
10299 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10300 build_string ("synchronous"),
10301 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10303 if (STRINGP (value
)
10304 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10305 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10306 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10311 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10312 build_string ("useXIM"),
10313 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10316 if (STRINGP (value
)
10317 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
10318 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
10321 if (STRINGP (value
)
10322 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10323 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10329 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10330 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10332 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10333 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10341 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10342 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10345 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10347 struct terminal
*t
;
10349 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10351 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10352 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10355 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10356 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10357 x_session_close ();
10359 delete_terminal (t
);
10363 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10365 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10366 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10367 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10368 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10369 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10374 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10375 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10377 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10379 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10382 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10386 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10387 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10389 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10390 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10393 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10395 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10396 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10397 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10400 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10401 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10402 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10406 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10408 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10409 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10410 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10411 that slows us down. */
10414 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10417 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10418 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10420 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10421 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10422 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10423 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10428 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10429 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10430 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10431 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10432 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10433 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10434 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10437 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10440 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10442 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10444 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10445 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10446 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10451 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10454 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10456 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10458 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10460 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10464 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10466 x_after_update_window_line
,
10467 x_update_window_begin
,
10468 x_update_window_end
,
10474 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10476 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10477 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10478 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10479 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10480 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10481 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10482 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10483 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10484 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10485 x_clear_frame_area
,
10486 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10487 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10488 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10492 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10494 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10496 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10498 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10499 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10500 if (!terminal
->name
)
10505 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10508 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10511 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10512 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10513 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10515 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10516 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10518 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10519 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10520 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10521 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10523 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10524 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10525 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10526 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10527 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10528 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10529 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10530 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10531 leaks in other situations. */
10533 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10534 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10536 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10538 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10539 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10540 closing all the displays. */
10541 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10545 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10547 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10548 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10550 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10552 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10555 /* Mark as dead. */
10556 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10557 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10561 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10562 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10564 static struct terminal
*
10565 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10567 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10569 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10571 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10572 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10573 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10575 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10577 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10578 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10579 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10580 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10581 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10582 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10583 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10584 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10585 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10586 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10587 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10588 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10589 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10590 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10591 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10592 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10593 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10594 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10595 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10596 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10598 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10599 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10601 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10602 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10603 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10604 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10605 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10606 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10613 x_initialize (void)
10618 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10619 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10620 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10623 current_count
= -1;
10626 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10627 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10629 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10630 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10632 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10634 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10635 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10636 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10637 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10638 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10639 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10640 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10642 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10645 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10647 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10648 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10652 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10653 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10654 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10656 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10657 original error handler. */
10658 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10659 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10661 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10663 xgselect_initialize ();
10668 syms_of_xterm (void)
10670 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10672 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10673 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10675 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10676 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10678 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10679 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern_c_string ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10681 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10682 Qlatin_1
= intern_c_string ("latin-1");
10684 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10685 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10688 xg_default_icon_file
= make_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10689 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10691 Qx_gtk_map_stock
= intern_c_string ("x-gtk-map-stock");
10692 staticpro (&Qx_gtk_map_stock
);
10695 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10696 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10697 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10698 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10699 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10700 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10701 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10703 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10705 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10706 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10707 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10708 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10709 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10710 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10711 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10713 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10714 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10715 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10716 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10717 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10718 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10719 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10720 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10721 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10723 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10724 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10725 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10726 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10727 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10728 With MS Windows, the value is t. */);
10729 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10731 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10732 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10733 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10735 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10737 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10740 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10743 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10744 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10746 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10747 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10748 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10749 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10750 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10751 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10752 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10753 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10754 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10756 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10757 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10758 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10759 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10760 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10761 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10763 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10764 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10765 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10766 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10767 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10768 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10770 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10771 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10772 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10773 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10774 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10775 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10777 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10778 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10779 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10780 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10781 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10782 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10784 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10785 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10786 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10787 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10788 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10792 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */